Mercurial > emacs
annotate src/intervals.c @ 39682:5f60884970a8
Don't define min/max.
author | Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org> |
---|---|
date | Mon, 08 Oct 2001 08:07:49 +0000 |
parents | 9a801971bd7e |
children | 0b986bb45526 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
1157 | 1 /* Code for doing intervals. |
20706 | 2 Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1995, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
1157 | 3 |
4 This file is part of GNU Emacs. | |
5 | |
6 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) |
1157 | 9 any later version. |
10 | |
11 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
14 GNU General Public License for more details. | |
15 | |
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
17 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to | |
14186
ee40177f6c68
Update FSF's address in the preamble.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14036
diff
changeset
|
18 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, |
ee40177f6c68
Update FSF's address in the preamble.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14036
diff
changeset
|
19 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ |
1157 | 20 |
21 | |
22 /* NOTES: | |
23 | |
24 Have to ensure that we can't put symbol nil on a plist, or some | |
25 functions may work incorrectly. | |
26 | |
27 An idea: Have the owner of the tree keep count of splits and/or | |
28 insertion lengths (in intervals), and balance after every N. | |
29 | |
30 Need to call *_left_hook when buffer is killed. | |
31 | |
32 Scan for zero-length, or 0-length to see notes about handling | |
33 zero length interval-markers. | |
34 | |
35 There are comments around about freeing intervals. It might be | |
36 faster to explicitly free them (put them on the free list) than | |
37 to GC them. | |
38 | |
39 */ | |
40 | |
41 | |
4696
1fc792473491
Include <config.h> instead of "config.h".
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
4638
diff
changeset
|
42 #include <config.h> |
1157 | 43 #include "lisp.h" |
44 #include "intervals.h" | |
45 #include "buffer.h" | |
4962 | 46 #include "puresize.h" |
8897 | 47 #include "keyboard.h" |
1157 | 48 |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
49 /* Test for membership, allowing for t (actually any non-cons) to mean the |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
50 universal set. */ |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
51 |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
52 #define TMEM(sym, set) (CONSP (set) ? ! NILP (Fmemq (sym, set)) : ! NILP (set)) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
53 |
5173
d48ba25b35bf
(merge_properties_sticky): Declared.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5169
diff
changeset
|
54 Lisp_Object merge_properties_sticky (); |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
55 static INTERVAL reproduce_tree P_ ((INTERVAL, INTERVAL)); |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
56 static INTERVAL reproduce_tree_obj P_ ((INTERVAL, Lisp_Object)); |
1157 | 57 |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
58 /* Utility functions for intervals. */ |
1157 | 59 |
60 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
61 /* Create the root interval of some object, a buffer or string. */ |
1157 | 62 |
63 INTERVAL | |
64 create_root_interval (parent) | |
65 Lisp_Object parent; | |
66 { | |
4962 | 67 INTERVAL new; |
68 | |
69 CHECK_IMPURE (parent); | |
70 | |
71 new = make_interval (); | |
1157 | 72 |
9125
a78f02f76f03
(create_root_interval, balance_possible_root_interval, delete_interval): Use
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9072
diff
changeset
|
73 if (BUFFERP (parent)) |
1157 | 74 { |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
75 new->total_length = (BUF_Z (XBUFFER (parent)) |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
76 - BUF_BEG (XBUFFER (parent))); |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
77 BUF_INTERVALS (XBUFFER (parent)) = new; |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
78 new->position = 1; |
1157 | 79 } |
9125
a78f02f76f03
(create_root_interval, balance_possible_root_interval, delete_interval): Use
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9072
diff
changeset
|
80 else if (STRINGP (parent)) |
1157 | 81 { |
82 new->total_length = XSTRING (parent)->size; | |
83 XSTRING (parent)->intervals = new; | |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
84 new->position = 0; |
1157 | 85 } |
86 | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
87 SET_INTERVAL_OBJECT (new, parent); |
1157 | 88 |
89 return new; | |
90 } | |
91 | |
92 /* Make the interval TARGET have exactly the properties of SOURCE */ | |
93 | |
94 void | |
95 copy_properties (source, target) | |
96 register INTERVAL source, target; | |
97 { | |
98 if (DEFAULT_INTERVAL_P (source) && DEFAULT_INTERVAL_P (target)) | |
99 return; | |
100 | |
101 COPY_INTERVAL_CACHE (source, target); | |
102 target->plist = Fcopy_sequence (source->plist); | |
103 } | |
104 | |
105 /* Merge the properties of interval SOURCE into the properties | |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
106 of interval TARGET. That is to say, each property in SOURCE |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
107 is added to TARGET if TARGET has no such property as yet. */ |
1157 | 108 |
109 static void | |
110 merge_properties (source, target) | |
111 register INTERVAL source, target; | |
112 { | |
113 register Lisp_Object o, sym, val; | |
114 | |
115 if (DEFAULT_INTERVAL_P (source) && DEFAULT_INTERVAL_P (target)) | |
116 return; | |
117 | |
118 MERGE_INTERVAL_CACHE (source, target); | |
119 | |
120 o = source->plist; | |
121 while (! EQ (o, Qnil)) | |
122 { | |
123 sym = Fcar (o); | |
124 val = Fmemq (sym, target->plist); | |
125 | |
126 if (NILP (val)) | |
127 { | |
128 o = Fcdr (o); | |
129 val = Fcar (o); | |
130 target->plist = Fcons (sym, Fcons (val, target->plist)); | |
131 o = Fcdr (o); | |
132 } | |
133 else | |
134 o = Fcdr (Fcdr (o)); | |
135 } | |
136 } | |
137 | |
138 /* Return 1 if the two intervals have the same properties, | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
139 0 otherwise. */ |
1157 | 140 |
141 int | |
142 intervals_equal (i0, i1) | |
143 INTERVAL i0, i1; | |
144 { | |
145 register Lisp_Object i0_cdr, i0_sym, i1_val; | |
21514 | 146 register int i1_len; |
1157 | 147 |
148 if (DEFAULT_INTERVAL_P (i0) && DEFAULT_INTERVAL_P (i1)) | |
149 return 1; | |
150 | |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
151 if (DEFAULT_INTERVAL_P (i0) || DEFAULT_INTERVAL_P (i1)) |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
152 return 0; |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
153 |
1157 | 154 i1_len = XFASTINT (Flength (i1->plist)); |
155 if (i1_len & 0x1) /* Paranoia -- plists are always even */ | |
156 abort (); | |
157 i1_len /= 2; | |
158 i0_cdr = i0->plist; | |
159 while (!NILP (i0_cdr)) | |
160 { | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
161 /* Lengths of the two plists were unequal. */ |
1157 | 162 if (i1_len == 0) |
163 return 0; | |
164 | |
165 i0_sym = Fcar (i0_cdr); | |
166 i1_val = Fmemq (i0_sym, i1->plist); | |
167 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
168 /* i0 has something i1 doesn't. */ |
1157 | 169 if (EQ (i1_val, Qnil)) |
170 return 0; | |
171 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
172 /* i0 and i1 both have sym, but it has different values in each. */ |
1157 | 173 i0_cdr = Fcdr (i0_cdr); |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
174 if (! EQ (Fcar (Fcdr (i1_val)), Fcar (i0_cdr))) |
1157 | 175 return 0; |
176 | |
177 i0_cdr = Fcdr (i0_cdr); | |
178 i1_len--; | |
179 } | |
180 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
181 /* Lengths of the two plists were unequal. */ |
1157 | 182 if (i1_len > 0) |
183 return 0; | |
184 | |
185 return 1; | |
186 } | |
187 | |
188 | |
189 /* Traverse an interval tree TREE, performing FUNCTION on each node. | |
1958
8bc716df45e3
(traverse_intervals): New arg ARG.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1412
diff
changeset
|
190 Pass FUNCTION two args: an interval, and ARG. */ |
1157 | 191 |
192 void | |
1958
8bc716df45e3
(traverse_intervals): New arg ARG.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1412
diff
changeset
|
193 traverse_intervals (tree, position, depth, function, arg) |
1157 | 194 INTERVAL tree; |
1412
6097878fbd46
* intervals.c (traverse_intervals): New parameter `depth'.
Joseph Arceneaux <jla@gnu.org>
parents:
1316
diff
changeset
|
195 int position, depth; |
20317
f62a4f83537e
(traverse_intervals): Protoize parameter.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
18743
diff
changeset
|
196 void (* function) P_ ((INTERVAL, Lisp_Object)); |
1958
8bc716df45e3
(traverse_intervals): New arg ARG.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1412
diff
changeset
|
197 Lisp_Object arg; |
1157 | 198 { |
199 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (tree)) | |
200 return; | |
201 | |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
202 traverse_intervals (tree->left, position, depth + 1, function, arg); |
1157 | 203 position += LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree); |
204 tree->position = position; | |
1958
8bc716df45e3
(traverse_intervals): New arg ARG.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1412
diff
changeset
|
205 (*function) (tree, arg); |
1157 | 206 position += LENGTH (tree); |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
207 traverse_intervals (tree->right, position, depth + 1, function, arg); |
1157 | 208 } |
209 | |
210 #if 0 | |
25747
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
211 |
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
212 static int icount; |
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
213 static int idepth; |
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
214 static int zero_length; |
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
215 |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
216 /* These functions are temporary, for debugging purposes only. */ |
1157 | 217 |
218 INTERVAL search_interval, found_interval; | |
219 | |
220 void | |
221 check_for_interval (i) | |
222 register INTERVAL i; | |
223 { | |
224 if (i == search_interval) | |
225 { | |
226 found_interval = i; | |
227 icount++; | |
228 } | |
229 } | |
230 | |
231 INTERVAL | |
232 search_for_interval (i, tree) | |
233 register INTERVAL i, tree; | |
234 { | |
235 icount = 0; | |
236 search_interval = i; | |
237 found_interval = NULL_INTERVAL; | |
1958
8bc716df45e3
(traverse_intervals): New arg ARG.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1412
diff
changeset
|
238 traverse_intervals (tree, 1, 0, &check_for_interval, Qnil); |
1157 | 239 return found_interval; |
240 } | |
241 | |
242 static void | |
243 inc_interval_count (i) | |
244 INTERVAL i; | |
245 { | |
246 icount++; | |
247 if (LENGTH (i) == 0) | |
248 zero_length++; | |
249 if (depth > idepth) | |
250 idepth = depth; | |
251 } | |
252 | |
253 int | |
254 count_intervals (i) | |
255 register INTERVAL i; | |
256 { | |
257 icount = 0; | |
258 idepth = 0; | |
259 zero_length = 0; | |
1958
8bc716df45e3
(traverse_intervals): New arg ARG.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1412
diff
changeset
|
260 traverse_intervals (i, 1, 0, &inc_interval_count, Qnil); |
1157 | 261 |
262 return icount; | |
263 } | |
264 | |
265 static INTERVAL | |
266 root_interval (interval) | |
267 INTERVAL interval; | |
268 { | |
269 register INTERVAL i = interval; | |
270 | |
271 while (! ROOT_INTERVAL_P (i)) | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
272 i = INTERVAL_PARENT (i); |
1157 | 273 |
274 return i; | |
275 } | |
276 #endif | |
277 | |
278 /* Assuming that a left child exists, perform the following operation: | |
279 | |
280 A B | |
281 / \ / \ | |
282 B => A | |
283 / \ / \ | |
284 c c | |
285 */ | |
286 | |
287 static INTERVAL | |
288 rotate_right (interval) | |
289 INTERVAL interval; | |
290 { | |
291 INTERVAL i; | |
292 INTERVAL B = interval->left; | |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
293 int old_total = interval->total_length; |
1157 | 294 |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
295 /* Deal with any Parent of A; make it point to B. */ |
1157 | 296 if (! ROOT_INTERVAL_P (interval)) |
25747
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
297 { |
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
298 if (AM_LEFT_CHILD (interval)) |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
299 INTERVAL_PARENT (interval)->left = B; |
25747
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
300 else |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
301 INTERVAL_PARENT (interval)->right = B; |
25747
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
302 } |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
303 COPY_INTERVAL_PARENT (B, interval); |
1157 | 304 |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
305 /* Make B the parent of A */ |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
306 i = B->right; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
307 B->right = interval; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
308 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (interval, B); |
1157 | 309 |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
310 /* Make A point to c */ |
1157 | 311 interval->left = i; |
312 if (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (i)) | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
313 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (i, interval); |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
314 |
5760
ffe89784cef2
(merge_properties_sticky): Preserve original order of properties.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5666
diff
changeset
|
315 /* A's total length is decreased by the length of B and its left child. */ |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
316 interval->total_length -= B->total_length - LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (interval); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
317 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
318 /* B must have the same total length of A. */ |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
319 B->total_length = old_total; |
1157 | 320 |
321 return B; | |
322 } | |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
323 |
1157 | 324 /* Assuming that a right child exists, perform the following operation: |
325 | |
326 A B | |
327 / \ / \ | |
328 B => A | |
329 / \ / \ | |
330 c c | |
331 */ | |
332 | |
333 static INTERVAL | |
334 rotate_left (interval) | |
335 INTERVAL interval; | |
336 { | |
337 INTERVAL i; | |
338 INTERVAL B = interval->right; | |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
339 int old_total = interval->total_length; |
1157 | 340 |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
341 /* Deal with any parent of A; make it point to B. */ |
1157 | 342 if (! ROOT_INTERVAL_P (interval)) |
25747
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
343 { |
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
344 if (AM_LEFT_CHILD (interval)) |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
345 INTERVAL_PARENT (interval)->left = B; |
25747
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
346 else |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
347 INTERVAL_PARENT (interval)->right = B; |
25747
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
348 } |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
349 COPY_INTERVAL_PARENT (B, interval); |
1157 | 350 |
351 /* Make B the parent of A */ | |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
352 i = B->left; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
353 B->left = interval; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
354 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (interval, B); |
1157 | 355 |
356 /* Make A point to c */ | |
357 interval->right = i; | |
358 if (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (i)) | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
359 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (i, interval); |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
360 |
5760
ffe89784cef2
(merge_properties_sticky): Preserve original order of properties.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5666
diff
changeset
|
361 /* A's total length is decreased by the length of B and its right child. */ |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
362 interval->total_length -= B->total_length - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (interval); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
363 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
364 /* B must have the same total length of A. */ |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
365 B->total_length = old_total; |
1157 | 366 |
367 return B; | |
368 } | |
369 | |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
370 /* Balance an interval tree with the assumption that the subtrees |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
371 themselves are already balanced. */ |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
372 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
373 static INTERVAL |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
374 balance_an_interval (i) |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
375 INTERVAL i; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
376 { |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
377 register int old_diff, new_diff; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
378 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
379 while (1) |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
380 { |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
381 old_diff = LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i) - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
382 if (old_diff > 0) |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
383 { |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
384 new_diff = i->total_length - i->left->total_length |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
385 + RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i->left) - LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i->left); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
386 if (abs (new_diff) >= old_diff) |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
387 break; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
388 i = rotate_right (i); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
389 balance_an_interval (i->right); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
390 } |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
391 else if (old_diff < 0) |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
392 { |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
393 new_diff = i->total_length - i->right->total_length |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
394 + LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i->right) - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i->right); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
395 if (abs (new_diff) >= -old_diff) |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
396 break; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
397 i = rotate_left (i); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
398 balance_an_interval (i->left); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
399 } |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
400 else |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
401 break; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
402 } |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
403 return i; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
404 } |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
405 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
406 /* Balance INTERVAL, potentially stuffing it back into its parent |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
407 Lisp Object. */ |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
408 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
409 static INLINE INTERVAL |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
410 balance_possible_root_interval (interval) |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
411 register INTERVAL interval; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
412 { |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
413 Lisp_Object parent; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
414 int have_parent = 0; |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
415 |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
416 if (!INTERVAL_HAS_OBJECT (interval) && !INTERVAL_HAS_PARENT (interval)) |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
417 return interval; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
418 |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
419 if (INTERVAL_HAS_OBJECT (interval)) |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
420 { |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
421 have_parent = 1; |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
422 GET_INTERVAL_OBJECT (parent, interval); |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
423 } |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
424 interval = balance_an_interval (interval); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
425 |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
426 if (have_parent) |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
427 { |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
428 if (BUFFERP (parent)) |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
429 BUF_INTERVALS (XBUFFER (parent)) = interval; |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
430 else if (STRINGP (parent)) |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
431 XSTRING (parent)->intervals = interval; |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
432 } |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
433 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
434 return interval; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
435 } |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
436 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
437 /* Balance the interval tree TREE. Balancing is by weight |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
438 (the amount of text). */ |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
439 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
440 static INTERVAL |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
441 balance_intervals_internal (tree) |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
442 register INTERVAL tree; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
443 { |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
444 /* Balance within each side. */ |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
445 if (tree->left) |
15734
98d8e063fdae
(balance_intervals_internal): Recurse directly.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
446 balance_intervals_internal (tree->left); |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
447 if (tree->right) |
15734
98d8e063fdae
(balance_intervals_internal): Recurse directly.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
448 balance_intervals_internal (tree->right); |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
449 return balance_an_interval (tree); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
450 } |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
451 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
452 /* Advertised interface to balance intervals. */ |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
453 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
454 INTERVAL |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
455 balance_intervals (tree) |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
456 INTERVAL tree; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
457 { |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
458 if (tree == NULL_INTERVAL) |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
459 return NULL_INTERVAL; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
460 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
461 return balance_intervals_internal (tree); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
462 } |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
463 |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
464 /* Split INTERVAL into two pieces, starting the second piece at |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
465 character position OFFSET (counting from 0), relative to INTERVAL. |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
466 INTERVAL becomes the left-hand piece, and the right-hand piece |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
467 (second, lexicographically) is returned. |
1164 | 468 |
469 The size and position fields of the two intervals are set based upon | |
470 those of the original interval. The property list of the new interval | |
471 is reset, thus it is up to the caller to do the right thing with the | |
472 result. | |
1157 | 473 |
474 Note that this does not change the position of INTERVAL; if it is a root, | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
475 it is still a root after this operation. */ |
1157 | 476 |
477 INTERVAL | |
1164 | 478 split_interval_right (interval, offset) |
1157 | 479 INTERVAL interval; |
1164 | 480 int offset; |
1157 | 481 { |
482 INTERVAL new = make_interval (); | |
483 int position = interval->position; | |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
484 int new_length = LENGTH (interval) - offset; |
1157 | 485 |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
486 new->position = position + offset; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
487 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (new, interval); |
1157 | 488 |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
489 if (NULL_RIGHT_CHILD (interval)) |
1157 | 490 { |
491 interval->right = new; | |
492 new->total_length = new_length; | |
493 } | |
20908
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
494 else |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
495 { |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
496 /* Insert the new node between INTERVAL and its right child. */ |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
497 new->right = interval->right; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
498 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (interval->right, new); |
20908
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
499 interval->right = new; |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
500 new->total_length = new_length + new->right->total_length; |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
501 balance_an_interval (new); |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
502 } |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
503 |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
504 balance_possible_root_interval (interval); |
1157 | 505 |
506 return new; | |
507 } | |
508 | |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
509 /* Split INTERVAL into two pieces, starting the second piece at |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
510 character position OFFSET (counting from 0), relative to INTERVAL. |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
511 INTERVAL becomes the right-hand piece, and the left-hand piece |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
512 (first, lexicographically) is returned. |
1157 | 513 |
1164 | 514 The size and position fields of the two intervals are set based upon |
515 those of the original interval. The property list of the new interval | |
516 is reset, thus it is up to the caller to do the right thing with the | |
517 result. | |
518 | |
519 Note that this does not change the position of INTERVAL; if it is a root, | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
520 it is still a root after this operation. */ |
1157 | 521 |
522 INTERVAL | |
1164 | 523 split_interval_left (interval, offset) |
1157 | 524 INTERVAL interval; |
1164 | 525 int offset; |
1157 | 526 { |
527 INTERVAL new = make_interval (); | |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
528 int new_length = offset; |
1157 | 529 |
530 new->position = interval->position; | |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
531 interval->position = interval->position + offset; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
532 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (new, interval); |
1157 | 533 |
534 if (NULL_LEFT_CHILD (interval)) | |
535 { | |
536 interval->left = new; | |
537 new->total_length = new_length; | |
538 } | |
20908
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
539 else |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
540 { |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
541 /* Insert the new node between INTERVAL and its left child. */ |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
542 new->left = interval->left; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
543 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (new->left, new); |
20908
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
544 interval->left = new; |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
545 new->total_length = new_length + new->left->total_length; |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
546 balance_an_interval (new); |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
547 } |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
548 |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
549 balance_possible_root_interval (interval); |
1157 | 550 |
551 return new; | |
552 } | |
553 | |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
554 /* Return the proper position for the first character |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
555 described by the interval tree SOURCE. |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
556 This is 1 if the parent is a buffer, |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
557 0 if the parent is a string or if there is no parent. |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
558 |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
559 Don't use this function on an interval which is the child |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
560 of another interval! */ |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
561 |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
562 int |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
563 interval_start_pos (source) |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
564 INTERVAL source; |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
565 { |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
566 Lisp_Object parent; |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
567 |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
568 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (source)) |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
569 return 0; |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
570 |
28406
451721e784a8
Stop assuming interval pointers and lisp objects can be distinguished by
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
28269
diff
changeset
|
571 if (! INTERVAL_HAS_OBJECT (source)) |
451721e784a8
Stop assuming interval pointers and lisp objects can be distinguished by
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
28269
diff
changeset
|
572 return 0; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
573 GET_INTERVAL_OBJECT (parent, source); |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
574 if (BUFFERP (parent)) |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
575 return BUF_BEG (XBUFFER (parent)); |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
576 return 0; |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
577 } |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
578 |
1164 | 579 /* Find the interval containing text position POSITION in the text |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
580 represented by the interval tree TREE. POSITION is a buffer |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
581 position (starting from 1) or a string index (starting from 0). |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
582 If POSITION is at the end of the buffer or string, |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
583 return the interval containing the last character. |
1157 | 584 |
1164 | 585 The `position' field, which is a cache of an interval's position, |
586 is updated in the interval found. Other functions (e.g., next_interval) | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
587 will update this cache based on the result of find_interval. */ |
1164 | 588 |
18125
5b0dfe8c78fb
(find_interval): No longer inline.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18078
diff
changeset
|
589 INTERVAL |
1157 | 590 find_interval (tree, position) |
591 register INTERVAL tree; | |
592 register int position; | |
593 { | |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
594 /* The distance from the left edge of the subtree at TREE |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
595 to POSITION. */ |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
596 register int relative_position; |
1157 | 597 |
598 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (tree)) | |
599 return NULL_INTERVAL; | |
600 | |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
601 relative_position = position; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
602 if (INTERVAL_HAS_OBJECT (tree)) |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
603 { |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
604 Lisp_Object parent; |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
605 GET_INTERVAL_OBJECT (parent, tree); |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
606 if (BUFFERP (parent)) |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
607 relative_position -= BUF_BEG (XBUFFER (parent)); |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
608 } |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
609 |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
610 if (relative_position > TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)) |
1157 | 611 abort (); /* Paranoia */ |
612 | |
37328
9a801971bd7e
(find_interval): Don't rebalance during signal handling.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
35256
diff
changeset
|
613 if (!handling_signal) |
9a801971bd7e
(find_interval): Don't rebalance during signal handling.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
35256
diff
changeset
|
614 tree = balance_possible_root_interval (tree); |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
615 |
1157 | 616 while (1) |
617 { | |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
618 if (relative_position < LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)) |
1157 | 619 { |
620 tree = tree->left; | |
621 } | |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
622 else if (! NULL_RIGHT_CHILD (tree) |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
623 && relative_position >= (TOTAL_LENGTH (tree) |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
624 - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree))) |
1157 | 625 { |
626 relative_position -= (TOTAL_LENGTH (tree) | |
627 - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)); | |
628 tree = tree->right; | |
629 } | |
630 else | |
631 { | |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
632 tree->position |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
633 = (position - relative_position /* the left edge of *tree */ |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
634 + LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)); /* the left edge of this interval */ |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
635 |
1157 | 636 return tree; |
637 } | |
638 } | |
639 } | |
640 | |
641 /* Find the succeeding interval (lexicographically) to INTERVAL. | |
1164 | 642 Sets the `position' field based on that of INTERVAL (see |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
643 find_interval). */ |
1157 | 644 |
645 INTERVAL | |
646 next_interval (interval) | |
647 register INTERVAL interval; | |
648 { | |
649 register INTERVAL i = interval; | |
650 register int next_position; | |
651 | |
652 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (i)) | |
653 return NULL_INTERVAL; | |
654 next_position = interval->position + LENGTH (interval); | |
655 | |
656 if (! NULL_RIGHT_CHILD (i)) | |
657 { | |
658 i = i->right; | |
659 while (! NULL_LEFT_CHILD (i)) | |
660 i = i->left; | |
661 | |
662 i->position = next_position; | |
663 return i; | |
664 } | |
665 | |
666 while (! NULL_PARENT (i)) | |
667 { | |
668 if (AM_LEFT_CHILD (i)) | |
669 { | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
670 i = INTERVAL_PARENT (i); |
1157 | 671 i->position = next_position; |
672 return i; | |
673 } | |
674 | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
675 i = INTERVAL_PARENT (i); |
1157 | 676 } |
677 | |
678 return NULL_INTERVAL; | |
679 } | |
680 | |
681 /* Find the preceding interval (lexicographically) to INTERVAL. | |
1164 | 682 Sets the `position' field based on that of INTERVAL (see |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
683 find_interval). */ |
1157 | 684 |
685 INTERVAL | |
686 previous_interval (interval) | |
687 register INTERVAL interval; | |
688 { | |
689 register INTERVAL i; | |
690 | |
691 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (interval)) | |
692 return NULL_INTERVAL; | |
693 | |
694 if (! NULL_LEFT_CHILD (interval)) | |
695 { | |
696 i = interval->left; | |
697 while (! NULL_RIGHT_CHILD (i)) | |
698 i = i->right; | |
699 | |
700 i->position = interval->position - LENGTH (i); | |
701 return i; | |
702 } | |
703 | |
704 i = interval; | |
705 while (! NULL_PARENT (i)) | |
706 { | |
707 if (AM_RIGHT_CHILD (i)) | |
708 { | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
709 i = INTERVAL_PARENT (i); |
1157 | 710 |
711 i->position = interval->position - LENGTH (i); | |
712 return i; | |
713 } | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
714 i = INTERVAL_PARENT (i); |
1157 | 715 } |
716 | |
717 return NULL_INTERVAL; | |
718 } | |
17461
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
719 |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
720 /* Find the interval containing POS given some non-NULL INTERVAL |
21012
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
721 in the same tree. Note that we need to update interval->position |
37328
9a801971bd7e
(find_interval): Don't rebalance during signal handling.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
35256
diff
changeset
|
722 if we go down the tree. |
9a801971bd7e
(find_interval): Don't rebalance during signal handling.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
35256
diff
changeset
|
723 To speed up the process, we assume that the ->position of |
9a801971bd7e
(find_interval): Don't rebalance during signal handling.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
35256
diff
changeset
|
724 I and all its parents is already uptodate. */ |
17461
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
725 INTERVAL |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
726 update_interval (i, pos) |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
727 register INTERVAL i; |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
728 int pos; |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
729 { |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
730 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (i)) |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
731 return NULL_INTERVAL; |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
732 |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
733 while (1) |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
734 { |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
735 if (pos < i->position) |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
736 { |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
737 /* Move left. */ |
21012
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
738 if (pos >= i->position - TOTAL_LENGTH (i->left)) |
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
739 { |
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
740 i->left->position = i->position - TOTAL_LENGTH (i->left) |
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
741 + LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i->left); |
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
742 i = i->left; /* Move to the left child */ |
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
743 } |
17461
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
744 else if (NULL_PARENT (i)) |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
745 error ("Point before start of properties"); |
21012
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
746 else |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
747 i = INTERVAL_PARENT (i); |
17461
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
748 continue; |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
749 } |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
750 else if (pos >= INTERVAL_LAST_POS (i)) |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
751 { |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
752 /* Move right. */ |
21012
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
753 if (pos < INTERVAL_LAST_POS (i) + TOTAL_LENGTH (i->right)) |
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
754 { |
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
755 i->right->position = INTERVAL_LAST_POS (i) + |
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
756 LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i->right); |
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
757 i = i->right; /* Move to the right child */ |
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
758 } |
17461
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
759 else if (NULL_PARENT (i)) |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
760 error ("Point after end of properties"); |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
761 else |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
762 i = INTERVAL_PARENT (i); |
17461
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
763 continue; |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
764 } |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
765 else |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
766 return i; |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
767 } |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
768 } |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
769 |
1157 | 770 |
1164 | 771 #if 0 |
1157 | 772 /* Traverse a path down the interval tree TREE to the interval |
773 containing POSITION, adjusting all nodes on the path for | |
774 an addition of LENGTH characters. Insertion between two intervals | |
775 (i.e., point == i->position, where i is second interval) means | |
776 text goes into second interval. | |
777 | |
778 Modifications are needed to handle the hungry bits -- after simply | |
779 finding the interval at position (don't add length going down), | |
780 if it's the beginning of the interval, get the previous interval | |
14036 | 781 and check the hungry bits of both. Then add the length going back up |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
782 to the root. */ |
1157 | 783 |
784 static INTERVAL | |
785 adjust_intervals_for_insertion (tree, position, length) | |
786 INTERVAL tree; | |
787 int position, length; | |
788 { | |
789 register int relative_position; | |
790 register INTERVAL this; | |
791 | |
792 if (TOTAL_LENGTH (tree) == 0) /* Paranoia */ | |
793 abort (); | |
794 | |
795 /* If inserting at point-max of a buffer, that position | |
796 will be out of range */ | |
797 if (position > TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)) | |
798 position = TOTAL_LENGTH (tree); | |
799 relative_position = position; | |
800 this = tree; | |
801 | |
802 while (1) | |
803 { | |
804 if (relative_position <= LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (this)) | |
805 { | |
806 this->total_length += length; | |
807 this = this->left; | |
808 } | |
809 else if (relative_position > (TOTAL_LENGTH (this) | |
810 - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (this))) | |
811 { | |
812 relative_position -= (TOTAL_LENGTH (this) | |
813 - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (this)); | |
814 this->total_length += length; | |
815 this = this->right; | |
816 } | |
817 else | |
818 { | |
819 /* If we are to use zero-length intervals as buffer pointers, | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
820 then this code will have to change. */ |
1157 | 821 this->total_length += length; |
822 this->position = LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (this) | |
823 + position - relative_position + 1; | |
824 return tree; | |
825 } | |
826 } | |
827 } | |
1164 | 828 #endif |
829 | |
830 /* Effect an adjustment corresponding to the addition of LENGTH characters | |
831 of text. Do this by finding the interval containing POSITION in the | |
5760
ffe89784cef2
(merge_properties_sticky): Preserve original order of properties.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5666
diff
changeset
|
832 interval tree TREE, and then adjusting all of its ancestors by adding |
1164 | 833 LENGTH to them. |
834 | |
835 If POSITION is the first character of an interval, meaning that point | |
836 is actually between the two intervals, make the new text belong to | |
837 the interval which is "sticky". | |
838 | |
1189 | 839 If both intervals are "sticky", then make them belong to the left-most |
1164 | 840 interval. Another possibility would be to create a new interval for |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
841 this text, and make it have the merged properties of both ends. */ |
1164 | 842 |
843 static INTERVAL | |
844 adjust_intervals_for_insertion (tree, position, length) | |
845 INTERVAL tree; | |
846 int position, length; | |
847 { | |
848 register INTERVAL i; | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
849 register INTERVAL temp; |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
850 int eobp = 0; |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
851 Lisp_Object parent; |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
852 int offset; |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
853 |
1164 | 854 if (TOTAL_LENGTH (tree) == 0) /* Paranoia */ |
855 abort (); | |
856 | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
857 GET_INTERVAL_OBJECT (parent, tree); |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
858 offset = (BUFFERP (parent) ? BUF_BEG (XBUFFER (parent)) : 0); |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
859 |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
860 /* If inserting at point-max of a buffer, that position will be out |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
861 of range. Remember that buffer positions are 1-based. */ |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
862 if (position >= TOTAL_LENGTH (tree) + offset) |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
863 { |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
864 position = TOTAL_LENGTH (tree) + offset; |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
865 eobp = 1; |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
866 } |
1164 | 867 |
868 i = find_interval (tree, position); | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
869 |
4638
3872f91770fc
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): If inserting in middle
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4383
diff
changeset
|
870 /* If in middle of an interval which is not sticky either way, |
3872f91770fc
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): If inserting in middle
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4383
diff
changeset
|
871 we must not just give its properties to the insertion. |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
872 So split this interval at the insertion point. |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
873 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
874 Originally, the if condition here was this: |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
875 (! (position == i->position || eobp) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
876 && END_NONSTICKY_P (i) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
877 && FRONT_NONSTICKY_P (i)) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
878 But, these macros are now unreliable because of introduction of |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
879 Vtext_property_default_nonsticky. So, we always check properties |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
880 one by one if POSITION is in middle of an interval. */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
881 if (! (position == i->position || eobp)) |
4638
3872f91770fc
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): If inserting in middle
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4383
diff
changeset
|
882 { |
16740
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
883 Lisp_Object tail; |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
884 Lisp_Object front, rear; |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
885 |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
886 tail = i->plist; |
16740
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
887 |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
888 /* Properties font-sticky and rear-nonsticky override |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
889 Vtext_property_default_nonsticky. So, if they are t, we can |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
890 skip one by one checking of properties. */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
891 rear = textget (i->plist, Qrear_nonsticky); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
892 if (! CONSP (rear) && ! NILP (rear)) |
16740
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
893 { |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
894 /* All properties are nonsticky. We split the interval. */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
895 goto check_done; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
896 } |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
897 front = textget (i->plist, Qfront_sticky); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
898 if (! CONSP (front) && ! NILP (front)) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
899 { |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
900 /* All properties are sticky. We don't split the interval. */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
901 tail = Qnil; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
902 goto check_done; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
903 } |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
904 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
905 /* Does any actual property pose an actual problem? We break |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
906 the loop if we find a nonsticky property. */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
907 for (; CONSP (tail); tail = Fcdr (XCDR (tail))) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
908 { |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
909 Lisp_Object prop, tmp; |
25662
0a7261c1d487
Use XCAR, XCDR, and XFLOAT_DATA instead of explicit member access.
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
24910
diff
changeset
|
910 prop = XCAR (tail); |
16740
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
911 |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
912 /* Is this particular property front-sticky? */ |
16740
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
913 if (CONSP (front) && ! NILP (Fmemq (prop, front))) |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
914 continue; |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
915 |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
916 /* Is this particular property rear-nonsticky? */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
917 if (CONSP (rear) && ! NILP (Fmemq (prop, rear))) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
918 break; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
919 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
920 /* Is this particular property recorded as sticky or |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
921 nonsticky in Vtext_property_default_nonsticky? */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
922 tmp = Fassq (prop, Vtext_property_default_nonsticky); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
923 if (CONSP (tmp)) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
924 { |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
925 if (NILP (tmp)) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
926 continue; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
927 break; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
928 } |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
929 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
930 /* By default, a text property is rear-sticky, thus we |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
931 continue the loop. */ |
16740
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
932 } |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
933 |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
934 check_done: |
16740
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
935 /* If any property is a real problem, split the interval. */ |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
936 if (! NILP (tail)) |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
937 { |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
938 temp = split_interval_right (i, position - i->position); |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
939 copy_properties (i, temp); |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
940 i = temp; |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
941 } |
4638
3872f91770fc
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): If inserting in middle
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4383
diff
changeset
|
942 } |
3872f91770fc
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): If inserting in middle
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4383
diff
changeset
|
943 |
1164 | 944 /* If we are positioned between intervals, check the stickiness of |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
945 both of them. We have to do this too, if we are at BEG or Z. */ |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
946 if (position == i->position || eobp) |
1164 | 947 { |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
948 register INTERVAL prev; |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
949 |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
950 if (position == BEG) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
951 prev = 0; |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
952 else if (eobp) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
953 { |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
954 prev = i; |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
955 i = 0; |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
956 } |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
957 else |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
958 prev = previous_interval (i); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
959 |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
960 /* Even if we are positioned between intervals, we default |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
961 to the left one if it exists. We extend it now and split |
14036 | 962 off a part later, if stickiness demands it. */ |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
963 for (temp = prev ? prev : i; temp; temp = INTERVAL_PARENT_OR_NULL (temp)) |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
964 { |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
965 temp->total_length += length; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
966 temp = balance_possible_root_interval (temp); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
967 } |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
968 |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
969 /* If at least one interval has sticky properties, |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
970 we check the stickiness property by property. |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
971 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
972 Originally, the if condition here was this: |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
973 (END_NONSTICKY_P (prev) || FRONT_STICKY_P (i)) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
974 But, these macros are now unreliable because of introduction |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
975 of Vtext_property_default_nonsticky. So, we always have to |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
976 check stickiness of properties one by one. If cache of |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
977 stickiness is implemented in the future, we may be able to |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
978 use those macros again. */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
979 if (1) |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
980 { |
6501
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
981 Lisp_Object pleft, pright; |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
982 struct interval newi; |
1164 | 983 |
6501
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
984 pleft = NULL_INTERVAL_P (prev) ? Qnil : prev->plist; |
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
985 pright = NULL_INTERVAL_P (i) ? Qnil : i->plist; |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
986 newi.plist = merge_properties_sticky (pleft, pright); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
987 |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
988 if (! prev) /* i.e. position == BEG */ |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
989 { |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
990 if (! intervals_equal (i, &newi)) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
991 { |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
992 i = split_interval_left (i, length); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
993 i->plist = newi.plist; |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
994 } |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
995 } |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
996 else if (! intervals_equal (prev, &newi)) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
997 { |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
998 prev = split_interval_right (prev, |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
999 position - prev->position); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1000 prev->plist = newi.plist; |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1001 if (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (i) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1002 && intervals_equal (prev, i)) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1003 merge_interval_right (prev); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1004 } |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1005 |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1006 /* We will need to update the cache here later. */ |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1007 } |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1008 else if (! prev && ! NILP (i->plist)) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1009 { |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1010 /* Just split off a new interval at the left. |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1011 Since I wasn't front-sticky, the empty plist is ok. */ |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1012 i = split_interval_left (i, length); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1013 } |
1164 | 1014 } |
1015 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1016 /* Otherwise just extend the interval. */ |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1017 else |
1164 | 1018 { |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1019 for (temp = i; temp; temp = INTERVAL_PARENT_OR_NULL (temp)) |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
1020 { |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
1021 temp->total_length += length; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
1022 temp = balance_possible_root_interval (temp); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
1023 } |
1164 | 1024 } |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1025 |
1164 | 1026 return tree; |
1027 } | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1028 |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1029 /* Any property might be front-sticky on the left, rear-sticky on the left, |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1030 front-sticky on the right, or rear-sticky on the right; the 16 combinations |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1031 can be arranged in a matrix with rows denoting the left conditions and |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1032 columns denoting the right conditions: |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1033 _ __ _ |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1034 _ FR FR FR FR |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1035 FR__ 0 1 2 3 |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1036 _FR 4 5 6 7 |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1037 FR 8 9 A B |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1038 FR C D E F |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1039 |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1040 left-props = '(front-sticky (p8 p9 pa pb pc pd pe pf) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1041 rear-nonsticky (p4 p5 p6 p7 p8 p9 pa pb) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1042 p0 L p1 L p2 L p3 L p4 L p5 L p6 L p7 L |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1043 p8 L p9 L pa L pb L pc L pd L pe L pf L) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1044 right-props = '(front-sticky (p2 p3 p6 p7 pa pb pe pf) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1045 rear-nonsticky (p1 p2 p5 p6 p9 pa pd pe) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1046 p0 R p1 R p2 R p3 R p4 R p5 R p6 R p7 R |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1047 p8 R p9 R pa R pb R pc R pd R pe R pf R) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1048 |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1049 We inherit from whoever has a sticky side facing us. If both sides |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1050 do (cases 2, 3, E, and F), then we inherit from whichever side has a |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1051 non-nil value for the current property. If both sides do, then we take |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1052 from the left. |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1053 |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1054 When we inherit a property, we get its stickiness as well as its value. |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1055 So, when we merge the above two lists, we expect to get this: |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1056 |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1057 result = '(front-sticky (p6 p7 pa pb pc pd pe pf) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1058 rear-nonsticky (p6 pa) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1059 p0 L p1 L p2 L p3 L p6 R p7 R |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1060 pa R pb R pc L pd L pe L pf L) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1061 |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1062 The optimizable special cases are: |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1063 left rear-nonsticky = nil, right front-sticky = nil (inherit left) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1064 left rear-nonsticky = t, right front-sticky = t (inherit right) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1065 left rear-nonsticky = t, right front-sticky = nil (inherit none) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1066 */ |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1067 |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1068 Lisp_Object |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1069 merge_properties_sticky (pleft, pright) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1070 Lisp_Object pleft, pright; |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1071 { |
6501
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1072 register Lisp_Object props, front, rear; |
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1073 Lisp_Object lfront, lrear, rfront, rrear; |
16708
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1074 register Lisp_Object tail1, tail2, sym, lval, rval, cat; |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1075 int use_left, use_right; |
16708
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1076 int lpresent; |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1077 |
6501
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1078 props = Qnil; |
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1079 front = Qnil; |
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1080 rear = Qnil; |
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1081 lfront = textget (pleft, Qfront_sticky); |
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1082 lrear = textget (pleft, Qrear_nonsticky); |
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1083 rfront = textget (pright, Qfront_sticky); |
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1084 rrear = textget (pright, Qrear_nonsticky); |
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1085 |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1086 /* Go through each element of PRIGHT. */ |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1087 for (tail1 = pright; CONSP (tail1); tail1 = Fcdr (Fcdr (tail1))) |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1088 { |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1089 Lisp_Object tmp; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1090 |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1091 sym = Fcar (tail1); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1092 |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1093 /* Sticky properties get special treatment. */ |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1094 if (EQ (sym, Qrear_nonsticky) || EQ (sym, Qfront_sticky)) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1095 continue; |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1096 |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1097 rval = Fcar (Fcdr (tail1)); |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1098 for (tail2 = pleft; CONSP (tail2); tail2 = Fcdr (Fcdr (tail2))) |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1099 if (EQ (sym, Fcar (tail2))) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1100 break; |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1101 |
16708
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1102 /* Indicate whether the property is explicitly defined on the left. |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1103 (We know it is defined explicitly on the right |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1104 because otherwise we don't get here.) */ |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1105 lpresent = ! NILP (tail2); |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1106 lval = (NILP (tail2) ? Qnil : Fcar (Fcdr (tail2))); |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1107 |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1108 /* Even if lrear or rfront say nothing about the stickiness of |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1109 SYM, Vtext_property_default_nonsticky may give default |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1110 stickiness to SYM. */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1111 tmp = Fassq (sym, Vtext_property_default_nonsticky); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1112 use_left = (lpresent |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1113 && ! (TMEM (sym, lrear) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1114 || CONSP (tmp) && ! NILP (XCDR (tmp)))); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1115 use_right = (TMEM (sym, rfront) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1116 || (CONSP (tmp) && NILP (XCDR (tmp)))); |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1117 if (use_left && use_right) |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1118 { |
16708
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1119 if (NILP (lval)) |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1120 use_left = 0; |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1121 else if (NILP (rval)) |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1122 use_right = 0; |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1123 } |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1124 if (use_left) |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1125 { |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1126 /* We build props as (value sym ...) rather than (sym value ...) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1127 because we plan to nreverse it when we're done. */ |
16708
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1128 props = Fcons (lval, Fcons (sym, props)); |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1129 if (TMEM (sym, lfront)) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1130 front = Fcons (sym, front); |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1131 if (TMEM (sym, lrear)) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1132 rear = Fcons (sym, rear); |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1133 } |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1134 else if (use_right) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1135 { |
16708
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1136 props = Fcons (rval, Fcons (sym, props)); |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1137 if (TMEM (sym, rfront)) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1138 front = Fcons (sym, front); |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1139 if (TMEM (sym, rrear)) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1140 rear = Fcons (sym, rear); |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1141 } |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1142 } |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1143 |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1144 /* Now go through each element of PLEFT. */ |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1145 for (tail2 = pleft; CONSP (tail2); tail2 = Fcdr (Fcdr (tail2))) |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1146 { |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1147 Lisp_Object tmp; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1148 |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1149 sym = Fcar (tail2); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1150 |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1151 /* Sticky properties get special treatment. */ |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1152 if (EQ (sym, Qrear_nonsticky) || EQ (sym, Qfront_sticky)) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1153 continue; |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1154 |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1155 /* If sym is in PRIGHT, we've already considered it. */ |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1156 for (tail1 = pright; CONSP (tail1); tail1 = Fcdr (Fcdr (tail1))) |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1157 if (EQ (sym, Fcar (tail1))) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1158 break; |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1159 if (! NILP (tail1)) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1160 continue; |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1161 |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1162 lval = Fcar (Fcdr (tail2)); |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1163 |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1164 /* Even if lrear or rfront say nothing about the stickiness of |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1165 SYM, Vtext_property_default_nonsticky may give default |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1166 stickiness to SYM. */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1167 tmp = Fassq (sym, Vtext_property_default_nonsticky); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1168 |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1169 /* Since rval is known to be nil in this loop, the test simplifies. */ |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1170 if (! (TMEM (sym, lrear) || (CONSP (tmp) && ! NILP (XCDR (tmp))))) |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1171 { |
16708
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1172 props = Fcons (lval, Fcons (sym, props)); |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1173 if (TMEM (sym, lfront)) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1174 front = Fcons (sym, front); |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1175 } |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1176 else if (TMEM (sym, rfront) || (CONSP (tmp) && NILP (XCDR (tmp)))) |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1177 { |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1178 /* The value is nil, but we still inherit the stickiness |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1179 from the right. */ |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1180 front = Fcons (sym, front); |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1181 if (TMEM (sym, rrear)) |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1182 rear = Fcons (sym, rear); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1183 } |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1184 } |
5760
ffe89784cef2
(merge_properties_sticky): Preserve original order of properties.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5666
diff
changeset
|
1185 props = Fnreverse (props); |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1186 if (! NILP (rear)) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1187 props = Fcons (Qrear_nonsticky, Fcons (Fnreverse (rear), props)); |
16708
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1188 |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1189 cat = textget (props, Qcategory); |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1190 if (! NILP (front) |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1191 && |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1192 /* If we have inherited a front-stick category property that is t, |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1193 we don't need to set up a detailed one. */ |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1194 ! (! NILP (cat) && SYMBOLP (cat) |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1195 && EQ (Fget (cat, Qfront_sticky), Qt))) |
5760
ffe89784cef2
(merge_properties_sticky): Preserve original order of properties.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5666
diff
changeset
|
1196 props = Fcons (Qfront_sticky, Fcons (Fnreverse (front), props)); |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1197 return props; |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1198 } |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1199 |
1157 | 1200 |
1164 | 1201 /* Delete an node I from its interval tree by merging its subtrees |
1202 into one subtree which is then returned. Caller is responsible for | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1203 storing the resulting subtree into its parent. */ |
1157 | 1204 |
1205 static INTERVAL | |
1206 delete_node (i) | |
1207 register INTERVAL i; | |
1208 { | |
1209 register INTERVAL migrate, this; | |
1210 register int migrate_amt; | |
1211 | |
1212 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (i->left)) | |
1213 return i->right; | |
1214 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (i->right)) | |
1215 return i->left; | |
1216 | |
1217 migrate = i->left; | |
1218 migrate_amt = i->left->total_length; | |
1219 this = i->right; | |
1220 this->total_length += migrate_amt; | |
1221 while (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (this->left)) | |
1222 { | |
1223 this = this->left; | |
1224 this->total_length += migrate_amt; | |
1225 } | |
1226 this->left = migrate; | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1227 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (migrate, this); |
1157 | 1228 |
1229 return i->right; | |
1230 } | |
1231 | |
1232 /* Delete interval I from its tree by calling `delete_node' | |
1233 and properly connecting the resultant subtree. | |
1234 | |
1235 I is presumed to be empty; that is, no adjustments are made | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1236 for the length of I. */ |
1157 | 1237 |
1238 void | |
1239 delete_interval (i) | |
1240 register INTERVAL i; | |
1241 { | |
1242 register INTERVAL parent; | |
1243 int amt = LENGTH (i); | |
1244 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1245 if (amt > 0) /* Only used on zero-length intervals now. */ |
1157 | 1246 abort (); |
1247 | |
1248 if (ROOT_INTERVAL_P (i)) | |
1249 { | |
6501
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1250 Lisp_Object owner; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1251 GET_INTERVAL_OBJECT (owner, i); |
1157 | 1252 parent = delete_node (i); |
1253 if (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (parent)) | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1254 SET_INTERVAL_OBJECT (parent, owner); |
1157 | 1255 |
9125
a78f02f76f03
(create_root_interval, balance_possible_root_interval, delete_interval): Use
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9072
diff
changeset
|
1256 if (BUFFERP (owner)) |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1257 BUF_INTERVALS (XBUFFER (owner)) = parent; |
9125
a78f02f76f03
(create_root_interval, balance_possible_root_interval, delete_interval): Use
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9072
diff
changeset
|
1258 else if (STRINGP (owner)) |
1157 | 1259 XSTRING (owner)->intervals = parent; |
1260 else | |
1261 abort (); | |
1262 | |
1263 return; | |
1264 } | |
1265 | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1266 parent = INTERVAL_PARENT (i); |
1157 | 1267 if (AM_LEFT_CHILD (i)) |
1268 { | |
1269 parent->left = delete_node (i); | |
1270 if (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (parent->left)) | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1271 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (parent->left, parent); |
1157 | 1272 } |
1273 else | |
1274 { | |
1275 parent->right = delete_node (i); | |
1276 if (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (parent->right)) | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1277 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (parent->right, parent); |
1157 | 1278 } |
1279 } | |
1280 | |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1281 /* Find the interval in TREE corresponding to the relative position |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1282 FROM and delete as much as possible of AMOUNT from that interval. |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1283 Return the amount actually deleted, and if the interval was |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1284 zeroed-out, delete that interval node from the tree. |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1285 |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1286 Note that FROM is actually origin zero, aka relative to the |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1287 leftmost edge of tree. This is appropriate since we call ourselves |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1288 recursively on subtrees. |
1157 | 1289 |
1189 | 1290 Do this by recursing down TREE to the interval in question, and |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1291 deleting the appropriate amount of text. */ |
1157 | 1292 |
1293 static int | |
1294 interval_deletion_adjustment (tree, from, amount) | |
1295 register INTERVAL tree; | |
1296 register int from, amount; | |
1297 { | |
1298 register int relative_position = from; | |
1299 | |
1300 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (tree)) | |
1301 return 0; | |
1302 | |
1303 /* Left branch */ | |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1304 if (relative_position < LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)) |
1157 | 1305 { |
1306 int subtract = interval_deletion_adjustment (tree->left, | |
1307 relative_position, | |
1308 amount); | |
1309 tree->total_length -= subtract; | |
1310 return subtract; | |
1311 } | |
1312 /* Right branch */ | |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1313 else if (relative_position >= (TOTAL_LENGTH (tree) |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1314 - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree))) |
1157 | 1315 { |
1316 int subtract; | |
1317 | |
1318 relative_position -= (tree->total_length | |
1319 - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)); | |
1320 subtract = interval_deletion_adjustment (tree->right, | |
1321 relative_position, | |
1322 amount); | |
1323 tree->total_length -= subtract; | |
1324 return subtract; | |
1325 } | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1326 /* Here -- this node. */ |
1157 | 1327 else |
1328 { | |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1329 /* How much can we delete from this interval? */ |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1330 int my_amount = ((tree->total_length |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1331 - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)) |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1332 - relative_position); |
1157 | 1333 |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1334 if (amount > my_amount) |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1335 amount = my_amount; |
1157 | 1336 |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1337 tree->total_length -= amount; |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1338 if (LENGTH (tree) == 0) |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1339 delete_interval (tree); |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1340 |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1341 return amount; |
1157 | 1342 } |
1343 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1344 /* Never reach here. */ |
1157 | 1345 } |
1346 | |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1347 /* Effect the adjustments necessary to the interval tree of BUFFER to |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1348 correspond to the deletion of LENGTH characters from that buffer |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1349 text. The deletion is effected at position START (which is a |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1350 buffer position, i.e. origin 1). */ |
1189 | 1351 |
1157 | 1352 static void |
1353 adjust_intervals_for_deletion (buffer, start, length) | |
1354 struct buffer *buffer; | |
1355 int start, length; | |
1356 { | |
1357 register int left_to_delete = length; | |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1358 register INTERVAL tree = BUF_INTERVALS (buffer); |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1359 Lisp_Object parent; |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1360 int offset; |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1361 |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1362 GET_INTERVAL_OBJECT (parent, tree); |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1363 offset = (BUFFERP (parent) ? BUF_BEG (XBUFFER (parent)) : 0); |
1157 | 1364 |
1365 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (tree)) | |
1366 return; | |
1367 | |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1368 if (start > offset + TOTAL_LENGTH (tree) |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1369 || start + length > offset + TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)) |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1370 abort (); |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1371 |
1157 | 1372 if (length == TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)) |
1373 { | |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1374 BUF_INTERVALS (buffer) = NULL_INTERVAL; |
1157 | 1375 return; |
1376 } | |
1377 | |
1378 if (ONLY_INTERVAL_P (tree)) | |
1379 { | |
1380 tree->total_length -= length; | |
1381 return; | |
1382 } | |
1383 | |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1384 if (start > offset + TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)) |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1385 start = offset + TOTAL_LENGTH (tree); |
1157 | 1386 while (left_to_delete > 0) |
1387 { | |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1388 left_to_delete -= interval_deletion_adjustment (tree, start - offset, |
1157 | 1389 left_to_delete); |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1390 tree = BUF_INTERVALS (buffer); |
1157 | 1391 if (left_to_delete == tree->total_length) |
1392 { | |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1393 BUF_INTERVALS (buffer) = NULL_INTERVAL; |
1157 | 1394 return; |
1395 } | |
1396 } | |
1397 } | |
1398 | |
3591
507f64624555
Apply typo patches from Paul Eggert.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3490
diff
changeset
|
1399 /* Make the adjustments necessary to the interval tree of BUFFER to |
1189 | 1400 represent an addition or deletion of LENGTH characters starting |
1401 at position START. Addition or deletion is indicated by the sign | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1402 of LENGTH. */ |
1157 | 1403 |
1404 INLINE void | |
1405 offset_intervals (buffer, start, length) | |
1406 struct buffer *buffer; | |
1407 int start, length; | |
1408 { | |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1409 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer)) || length == 0) |
1157 | 1410 return; |
1411 | |
1412 if (length > 0) | |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1413 adjust_intervals_for_insertion (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer), start, length); |
1157 | 1414 else |
1415 adjust_intervals_for_deletion (buffer, start, -length); | |
1416 } | |
1211 | 1417 |
1418 /* Merge interval I with its lexicographic successor. The resulting | |
1419 interval is returned, and has the properties of the original | |
1420 successor. The properties of I are lost. I is removed from the | |
1421 interval tree. | |
1157 | 1422 |
1211 | 1423 IMPORTANT: |
1424 The caller must verify that this is not the last (rightmost) | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1425 interval. */ |
1211 | 1426 |
1427 INTERVAL | |
1428 merge_interval_right (i) | |
1429 register INTERVAL i; | |
1430 { | |
1431 register int absorb = LENGTH (i); | |
1432 register INTERVAL successor; | |
1433 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1434 /* Zero out this interval. */ |
1211 | 1435 i->total_length -= absorb; |
1436 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1437 /* Find the succeeding interval. */ |
1211 | 1438 if (! NULL_RIGHT_CHILD (i)) /* It's below us. Add absorb |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1439 as we descend. */ |
1211 | 1440 { |
1441 successor = i->right; | |
1442 while (! NULL_LEFT_CHILD (successor)) | |
1443 { | |
1444 successor->total_length += absorb; | |
1445 successor = successor->left; | |
1446 } | |
1447 | |
1448 successor->total_length += absorb; | |
1449 delete_interval (i); | |
1450 return successor; | |
1451 } | |
1452 | |
1453 successor = i; | |
1454 while (! NULL_PARENT (successor)) /* It's above us. Subtract as | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1455 we ascend. */ |
1211 | 1456 { |
1457 if (AM_LEFT_CHILD (successor)) | |
1458 { | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1459 successor = INTERVAL_PARENT (successor); |
1211 | 1460 delete_interval (i); |
1461 return successor; | |
1462 } | |
1463 | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1464 successor = INTERVAL_PARENT (successor); |
1211 | 1465 successor->total_length -= absorb; |
1466 } | |
1467 | |
1468 /* This must be the rightmost or last interval and cannot | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1469 be merged right. The caller should have known. */ |
1211 | 1470 abort (); |
1471 } | |
1472 | |
1473 /* Merge interval I with its lexicographic predecessor. The resulting | |
1474 interval is returned, and has the properties of the original predecessor. | |
1475 The properties of I are lost. Interval node I is removed from the tree. | |
1476 | |
1477 IMPORTANT: | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1478 The caller must verify that this is not the first (leftmost) interval. */ |
1211 | 1479 |
1480 INTERVAL | |
1481 merge_interval_left (i) | |
1482 register INTERVAL i; | |
1483 { | |
1484 register int absorb = LENGTH (i); | |
1485 register INTERVAL predecessor; | |
1486 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1487 /* Zero out this interval. */ |
1211 | 1488 i->total_length -= absorb; |
1489 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1490 /* Find the preceding interval. */ |
1211 | 1491 if (! NULL_LEFT_CHILD (i)) /* It's below us. Go down, |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1492 adding ABSORB as we go. */ |
1211 | 1493 { |
1494 predecessor = i->left; | |
1495 while (! NULL_RIGHT_CHILD (predecessor)) | |
1496 { | |
1497 predecessor->total_length += absorb; | |
1498 predecessor = predecessor->right; | |
1499 } | |
1500 | |
1501 predecessor->total_length += absorb; | |
1502 delete_interval (i); | |
1503 return predecessor; | |
1504 } | |
1505 | |
1506 predecessor = i; | |
1507 while (! NULL_PARENT (predecessor)) /* It's above us. Go up, | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1508 subtracting ABSORB. */ |
1211 | 1509 { |
1510 if (AM_RIGHT_CHILD (predecessor)) | |
1511 { | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1512 predecessor = INTERVAL_PARENT (predecessor); |
1211 | 1513 delete_interval (i); |
1514 return predecessor; | |
1515 } | |
1516 | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1517 predecessor = INTERVAL_PARENT (predecessor); |
1211 | 1518 predecessor->total_length -= absorb; |
1519 } | |
1520 | |
1521 /* This must be the leftmost or first interval and cannot | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1522 be merged left. The caller should have known. */ |
1211 | 1523 abort (); |
1524 } | |
1525 | |
1189 | 1526 /* Make an exact copy of interval tree SOURCE which descends from |
1527 PARENT. This is done by recursing through SOURCE, copying | |
1528 the current interval and its properties, and then adjusting | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1529 the pointers of the copy. */ |
1189 | 1530 |
1157 | 1531 static INTERVAL |
1532 reproduce_tree (source, parent) | |
1533 INTERVAL source, parent; | |
1534 { | |
1535 register INTERVAL t = make_interval (); | |
1536 | |
1537 bcopy (source, t, INTERVAL_SIZE); | |
1538 copy_properties (source, t); | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1539 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (t, parent); |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1540 if (! NULL_LEFT_CHILD (source)) |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1541 t->left = reproduce_tree (source->left, t); |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1542 if (! NULL_RIGHT_CHILD (source)) |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1543 t->right = reproduce_tree (source->right, t); |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1544 |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1545 return t; |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1546 } |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1547 |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1548 static INTERVAL |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1549 reproduce_tree_obj (source, parent) |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1550 INTERVAL source; |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1551 Lisp_Object parent; |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1552 { |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1553 register INTERVAL t = make_interval (); |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1554 |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1555 bcopy (source, t, INTERVAL_SIZE); |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1556 copy_properties (source, t); |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1557 SET_INTERVAL_OBJECT (t, parent); |
1157 | 1558 if (! NULL_LEFT_CHILD (source)) |
1559 t->left = reproduce_tree (source->left, t); | |
1560 if (! NULL_RIGHT_CHILD (source)) | |
1561 t->right = reproduce_tree (source->right, t); | |
1562 | |
1563 return t; | |
1564 } | |
1565 | |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1566 #if 0 |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1567 /* Nobody calls this. Perhaps it's a vestige of an earlier design. */ |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1568 |
1189 | 1569 /* Make a new interval of length LENGTH starting at START in the |
1570 group of intervals INTERVALS, which is actually an interval tree. | |
1571 Returns the new interval. | |
1572 | |
1573 Generate an error if the new positions would overlap an existing | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1574 interval. */ |
1189 | 1575 |
1157 | 1576 static INTERVAL |
1577 make_new_interval (intervals, start, length) | |
1578 INTERVAL intervals; | |
1579 int start, length; | |
1580 { | |
1581 INTERVAL slot; | |
1582 | |
1583 slot = find_interval (intervals, start); | |
1584 if (start + length > slot->position + LENGTH (slot)) | |
1585 error ("Interval would overlap"); | |
1586 | |
1587 if (start == slot->position && length == LENGTH (slot)) | |
1588 return slot; | |
1589 | |
1590 if (slot->position == start) | |
1591 { | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1592 /* New right node. */ |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1593 split_interval_right (slot, length); |
1157 | 1594 return slot; |
1595 } | |
1596 | |
1597 if (slot->position + LENGTH (slot) == start + length) | |
1598 { | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1599 /* New left node. */ |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1600 split_interval_left (slot, LENGTH (slot) - length); |
1157 | 1601 return slot; |
1602 } | |
1603 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1604 /* Convert interval SLOT into three intervals. */ |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1605 split_interval_left (slot, start - slot->position); |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1606 split_interval_right (slot, length); |
1157 | 1607 return slot; |
1608 } | |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1609 #endif |
2052
48c83a34c005
(verify_interval_modification): Handle insertions
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1964
diff
changeset
|
1610 |
1211 | 1611 /* Insert the intervals of SOURCE into BUFFER at POSITION. |
5169
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1612 LENGTH is the length of the text in SOURCE. |
1157 | 1613 |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1614 The `position' field of the SOURCE intervals is assumed to be |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1615 consistent with its parent; therefore, SOURCE must be an |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1616 interval tree made with copy_interval or must be the whole |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1617 tree of a buffer or a string. |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1618 |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1619 This is used in insdel.c when inserting Lisp_Strings into the |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1620 buffer. The text corresponding to SOURCE is already in the buffer |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1621 when this is called. The intervals of new tree are a copy of those |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1622 belonging to the string being inserted; intervals are never |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1623 shared. |
1157 | 1624 |
5169
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1625 If the inserted text had no intervals associated, and we don't |
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1626 want to inherit the surrounding text's properties, this function |
1157 | 1627 simply returns -- offset_intervals should handle placing the |
1164 | 1628 text in the correct interval, depending on the sticky bits. |
1157 | 1629 |
1630 If the inserted text had properties (intervals), then there are two | |
1631 cases -- either insertion happened in the middle of some interval, | |
1632 or between two intervals. | |
1633 | |
1634 If the text goes into the middle of an interval, then new | |
1635 intervals are created in the middle with only the properties of | |
1636 the new text, *unless* the macro MERGE_INSERTIONS is true, in | |
1637 which case the new text has the union of its properties and those | |
1638 of the text into which it was inserted. | |
1639 | |
1640 If the text goes between two intervals, then if neither interval | |
1164 | 1641 had its appropriate sticky property set (front_sticky, rear_sticky), |
1642 the new text has only its properties. If one of the sticky properties | |
1157 | 1643 is set, then the new text "sticks" to that region and its properties |
3591
507f64624555
Apply typo patches from Paul Eggert.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3490
diff
changeset
|
1644 depend on merging as above. If both the preceding and succeeding |
1164 | 1645 intervals to the new text are "sticky", then the new text retains |
1646 only its properties, as if neither sticky property were set. Perhaps | |
1157 | 1647 we should consider merging all three sets of properties onto the new |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1648 text... */ |
1157 | 1649 |
1650 void | |
5169
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1651 graft_intervals_into_buffer (source, position, length, buffer, inherit) |
1211 | 1652 INTERVAL source; |
5169
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1653 int position, length; |
1211 | 1654 struct buffer *buffer; |
4718
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1655 int inherit; |
1157 | 1656 { |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1657 register INTERVAL under, over, this, prev; |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1658 register INTERVAL tree; |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1659 int middle; |
1157 | 1660 |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1661 tree = BUF_INTERVALS (buffer); |
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1662 |
1157 | 1663 /* If the new text has no properties, it becomes part of whatever |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1664 interval it was inserted into. */ |
1211 | 1665 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (source)) |
5169
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1666 { |
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1667 Lisp_Object buf; |
5250
63a865489a1e
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): If SOURCE is null
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5173
diff
changeset
|
1668 if (!inherit && ! NULL_INTERVAL_P (tree)) |
5169
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1669 { |
24565
6a5e69bcf530
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Turn off
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22343
diff
changeset
|
1670 int saved_inhibit_modification_hooks = inhibit_modification_hooks; |
9271
1971a6a8cdc0
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use new accessor macros instead of calling XSET
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9125
diff
changeset
|
1671 XSETBUFFER (buf, buffer); |
24565
6a5e69bcf530
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Turn off
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22343
diff
changeset
|
1672 inhibit_modification_hooks = 1; |
5169
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1673 Fset_text_properties (make_number (position), |
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1674 make_number (position + length), |
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1675 Qnil, buf); |
24565
6a5e69bcf530
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Turn off
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22343
diff
changeset
|
1676 inhibit_modification_hooks = saved_inhibit_modification_hooks; |
5169
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1677 } |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1678 if (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer))) |
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1679 BUF_INTERVALS (buffer) = balance_an_interval (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer)); |
5169
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1680 return; |
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1681 } |
1157 | 1682 |
1683 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (tree)) | |
1684 { | |
1685 /* The inserted text constitutes the whole buffer, so | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1686 simply copy over the interval structure. */ |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1687 if ((BUF_Z (buffer) - BUF_BEG (buffer)) == TOTAL_LENGTH (source)) |
1157 | 1688 { |
4223
b044f6d3c4cb
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): When TREE is null,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4135
diff
changeset
|
1689 Lisp_Object buf; |
9271
1971a6a8cdc0
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use new accessor macros instead of calling XSET
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9125
diff
changeset
|
1690 XSETBUFFER (buf, buffer); |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1691 BUF_INTERVALS (buffer) = reproduce_tree_obj (source, buf); |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1692 BUF_INTERVALS (buffer)->position = 1; |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1693 |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1694 /* Explicitly free the old tree here? */ |
1157 | 1695 |
1696 return; | |
1697 } | |
1698 | |
1699 /* Create an interval tree in which to place a copy | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1700 of the intervals of the inserted string. */ |
1157 | 1701 { |
1307 | 1702 Lisp_Object buf; |
9271
1971a6a8cdc0
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use new accessor macros instead of calling XSET
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9125
diff
changeset
|
1703 XSETBUFFER (buf, buffer); |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1704 tree = create_root_interval (buf); |
1157 | 1705 } |
1706 } | |
4718
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1707 else if (TOTAL_LENGTH (tree) == TOTAL_LENGTH (source)) |
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1708 /* If the buffer contains only the new string, but |
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1709 there was already some interval tree there, then it may be |
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1710 some zero length intervals. Eventually, do something clever |
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1711 about inserting properly. For now, just waste the old intervals. */ |
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1712 { |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1713 BUF_INTERVALS (buffer) = reproduce_tree (source, INTERVAL_PARENT (tree)); |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1714 BUF_INTERVALS (buffer)->position = 1; |
4718
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1715 /* Explicitly free the old tree here. */ |
1157 | 1716 |
4718
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1717 return; |
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1718 } |
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1719 /* Paranoia -- the text has already been added, so this buffer |
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1720 should be of non-zero length. */ |
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1721 else if (TOTAL_LENGTH (tree) == 0) |
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1722 abort (); |
1157 | 1723 |
1724 this = under = find_interval (tree, position); | |
1725 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (under)) /* Paranoia */ | |
1726 abort (); | |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1727 over = find_interval (source, interval_start_pos (source)); |
1157 | 1728 |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1729 /* Here for insertion in the middle of an interval. |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1730 Split off an equivalent interval to the right, |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1731 then don't bother with it any more. */ |
1157 | 1732 |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1733 if (position > under->position) |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1734 { |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1735 INTERVAL end_unchanged |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1736 = split_interval_left (this, position - under->position); |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1737 copy_properties (under, end_unchanged); |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1738 under->position = position; |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1739 #if 0 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1740 /* This code has no effect. */ |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1741 prev = 0; |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1742 middle = 1; |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1743 #endif /* 0 */ |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1744 } |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1745 else |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1746 { |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1747 /* This call may have some effect because previous_interval may |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1748 update `position' fields of intervals. Thus, don't ignore it |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1749 for the moment. Someone please tell me the truth (K.Handa). */ |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1750 prev = previous_interval (under); |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1751 #if 0 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1752 /* But, this code surely has no effect. And, anyway, |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1753 END_NONSTICKY_P is unreliable now. */ |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1754 if (prev && !END_NONSTICKY_P (prev)) |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1755 prev = 0; |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1756 #endif /* 0 */ |
1157 | 1757 } |
1758 | |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1759 /* Insertion is now at beginning of UNDER. */ |
1157 | 1760 |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1761 /* The inserted text "sticks" to the interval `under', |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1762 which means it gets those properties. |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1763 The properties of under are the result of |
14036 | 1764 adjust_intervals_for_insertion, so stickiness has |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1765 already been taken care of. */ |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1766 |
1157 | 1767 while (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (over)) |
1768 { | |
5666
ceed2e32b303
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Fix one-off
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5415
diff
changeset
|
1769 if (LENGTH (over) < LENGTH (under)) |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1770 { |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1771 this = split_interval_left (under, LENGTH (over)); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1772 copy_properties (under, this); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1773 } |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1774 else |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1775 this = under; |
1157 | 1776 copy_properties (over, this); |
4718
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1777 if (inherit) |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1778 merge_properties (over, this); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1779 else |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1780 copy_properties (over, this); |
1157 | 1781 over = next_interval (over); |
1782 } | |
1783 | |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1784 if (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer))) |
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1785 BUF_INTERVALS (buffer) = balance_an_interval (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer)); |
1157 | 1786 return; |
1787 } | |
1788 | |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
1789 /* Get the value of property PROP from PLIST, |
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
1790 which is the plist of an interval. |
10927
7d02d12082ff
(textget): Check default_properties vbl too.
Boris Goldowsky <boris@gnu.org>
parents:
10563
diff
changeset
|
1791 We check for direct properties, for categories with property PROP, |
11133
119880025e8f
(Vdefault_text_properties): name changed from Vdefault_properties.
Boris Goldowsky <boris@gnu.org>
parents:
10927
diff
changeset
|
1792 and for PROP appearing on the default-text-properties list. */ |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
1793 |
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
1794 Lisp_Object |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1795 textget (plist, prop) |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1796 Lisp_Object plist; |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1797 register Lisp_Object prop; |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1798 { |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
1799 register Lisp_Object tail, fallback; |
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
1800 fallback = Qnil; |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1801 |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1802 for (tail = plist; !NILP (tail); tail = Fcdr (Fcdr (tail))) |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1803 { |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1804 register Lisp_Object tem; |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1805 tem = Fcar (tail); |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1806 if (EQ (prop, tem)) |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1807 return Fcar (Fcdr (tail)); |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
1808 if (EQ (tem, Qcategory)) |
8611
65a058371675
(textget): Ignore category prop if not a symbol.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7307
diff
changeset
|
1809 { |
65a058371675
(textget): Ignore category prop if not a symbol.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7307
diff
changeset
|
1810 tem = Fcar (Fcdr (tail)); |
65a058371675
(textget): Ignore category prop if not a symbol.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7307
diff
changeset
|
1811 if (SYMBOLP (tem)) |
65a058371675
(textget): Ignore category prop if not a symbol.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7307
diff
changeset
|
1812 fallback = Fget (tem, prop); |
65a058371675
(textget): Ignore category prop if not a symbol.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7307
diff
changeset
|
1813 } |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1814 } |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
1815 |
10927
7d02d12082ff
(textget): Check default_properties vbl too.
Boris Goldowsky <boris@gnu.org>
parents:
10563
diff
changeset
|
1816 if (! NILP (fallback)) |
7d02d12082ff
(textget): Check default_properties vbl too.
Boris Goldowsky <boris@gnu.org>
parents:
10563
diff
changeset
|
1817 return fallback; |
11133
119880025e8f
(Vdefault_text_properties): name changed from Vdefault_properties.
Boris Goldowsky <boris@gnu.org>
parents:
10927
diff
changeset
|
1818 if (CONSP (Vdefault_text_properties)) |
119880025e8f
(Vdefault_text_properties): name changed from Vdefault_properties.
Boris Goldowsky <boris@gnu.org>
parents:
10927
diff
changeset
|
1819 return Fplist_get (Vdefault_text_properties, prop); |
10927
7d02d12082ff
(textget): Check default_properties vbl too.
Boris Goldowsky <boris@gnu.org>
parents:
10563
diff
changeset
|
1820 return Qnil; |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1821 } |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1822 |
2052
48c83a34c005
(verify_interval_modification): Handle insertions
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1964
diff
changeset
|
1823 |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1824 /* Set point "temporarily", without checking any text properties. */ |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1825 |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1826 INLINE void |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1827 temp_set_point (buffer, charpos) |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1828 struct buffer *buffer; |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1829 int charpos; |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1830 { |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1831 temp_set_point_both (buffer, charpos, |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1832 buf_charpos_to_bytepos (buffer, charpos)); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1833 } |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1834 |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1835 /* Set point in BUFFER "temporarily" to CHARPOS, which corresponds to |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1836 byte position BYTEPOS. */ |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1837 |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1838 INLINE void |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1839 temp_set_point_both (buffer, charpos, bytepos) |
20936
5c60cd16452b
(temp_set_point_both): Declare arg BYTEPOS as int.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20908
diff
changeset
|
1840 int charpos, bytepos; |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1841 struct buffer *buffer; |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1842 { |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1843 /* In a single-byte buffer, the two positions must be equal. */ |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1844 if (BUF_ZV (buffer) == BUF_ZV_BYTE (buffer) |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1845 && charpos != bytepos) |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1846 abort (); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1847 |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1848 if (charpos > bytepos) |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1849 abort (); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1850 |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1851 if (charpos > BUF_ZV (buffer) || charpos < BUF_BEGV (buffer)) |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1852 abort (); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1853 |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1854 BUF_PT_BYTE (buffer) = bytepos; |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1855 BUF_PT (buffer) = charpos; |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1856 } |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1857 |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1858 /* Set point in BUFFER to CHARPOS. If the target position is |
7104 | 1859 before an intangible character, move to an ok place. */ |
1157 | 1860 |
1861 void | |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1862 set_point (buffer, charpos) |
1157 | 1863 register struct buffer *buffer; |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1864 register int charpos; |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1865 { |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1866 set_point_both (buffer, charpos, buf_charpos_to_bytepos (buffer, charpos)); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1867 } |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1868 |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1869 /* Set point in BUFFER to CHARPOS, which corresponds to byte |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1870 position BYTEPOS. If the target position is |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1871 before an intangible character, move to an ok place. */ |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1872 |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1873 void |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1874 set_point_both (buffer, charpos, bytepos) |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1875 register struct buffer *buffer; |
20936
5c60cd16452b
(temp_set_point_both): Declare arg BYTEPOS as int.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20908
diff
changeset
|
1876 register int charpos, bytepos; |
1157 | 1877 { |
25747
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
1878 register INTERVAL to, from, toprev, fromprev; |
1157 | 1879 int buffer_point; |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1880 int old_position = BUF_PT (buffer); |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1881 int backwards = (charpos < old_position ? 1 : 0); |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1882 int have_overlays; |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1883 int original_position; |
1157 | 1884 |
10563
d35f5eca6dd5
(set_point): Set point_before_scroll to nil.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10313
diff
changeset
|
1885 buffer->point_before_scroll = Qnil; |
d35f5eca6dd5
(set_point): Set point_before_scroll to nil.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10313
diff
changeset
|
1886 |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1887 if (charpos == BUF_PT (buffer)) |
1157 | 1888 return; |
1889 | |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1890 /* In a single-byte buffer, the two positions must be equal. */ |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1891 if (BUF_ZV (buffer) == BUF_ZV_BYTE (buffer) |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1892 && charpos != bytepos) |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1893 abort (); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1894 |
2779
857bb0f59668
* intervals.c (set_point): Check for point out of bounds before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2090
diff
changeset
|
1895 /* Check this now, before checking if the buffer has any intervals. |
857bb0f59668
* intervals.c (set_point): Check for point out of bounds before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2090
diff
changeset
|
1896 That way, we can catch conditions which break this sanity check |
857bb0f59668
* intervals.c (set_point): Check for point out of bounds before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2090
diff
changeset
|
1897 whether or not there are intervals in the buffer. */ |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1898 if (charpos > BUF_ZV (buffer) || charpos < BUF_BEGV (buffer)) |
2779
857bb0f59668
* intervals.c (set_point): Check for point out of bounds before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2090
diff
changeset
|
1899 abort (); |
857bb0f59668
* intervals.c (set_point): Check for point out of bounds before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2090
diff
changeset
|
1900 |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1901 have_overlays = (! NILP (buffer->overlays_before) |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1902 || ! NILP (buffer->overlays_after)); |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1903 |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1904 /* If we have no text properties and overlays, |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1905 then we can do it quickly. */ |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1906 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer)) && ! have_overlays) |
1157 | 1907 { |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1908 temp_set_point_both (buffer, charpos, bytepos); |
1157 | 1909 return; |
1910 } | |
1911 | |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1912 /* Set TO to the interval containing the char after CHARPOS, |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1913 and TOPREV to the interval containing the char before CHARPOS. |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1914 Either one may be null. They may be equal. */ |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1915 to = find_interval (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer), charpos); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1916 if (charpos == BUF_BEGV (buffer)) |
2052
48c83a34c005
(verify_interval_modification): Handle insertions
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1964
diff
changeset
|
1917 toprev = 0; |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1918 else if (to && to->position == charpos) |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1919 toprev = previous_interval (to); |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1920 else |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1921 toprev = to; |
1211 | 1922 |
2052
48c83a34c005
(verify_interval_modification): Handle insertions
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1964
diff
changeset
|
1923 buffer_point = (BUF_PT (buffer) == BUF_ZV (buffer) |
48c83a34c005
(verify_interval_modification): Handle insertions
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1964
diff
changeset
|
1924 ? BUF_ZV (buffer) - 1 |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1925 : BUF_PT (buffer)); |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1926 |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1927 /* Set FROM to the interval containing the char after PT, |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1928 and FROMPREV to the interval containing the char before PT. |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1929 Either one may be null. They may be equal. */ |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1930 /* We could cache this and save time. */ |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1931 from = find_interval (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer), buffer_point); |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1932 if (buffer_point == BUF_BEGV (buffer)) |
2052
48c83a34c005
(verify_interval_modification): Handle insertions
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1964
diff
changeset
|
1933 fromprev = 0; |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1934 else if (from && from->position == BUF_PT (buffer)) |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1935 fromprev = previous_interval (from); |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1936 else if (buffer_point != BUF_PT (buffer)) |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1937 fromprev = from, from = 0; |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1938 else |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1939 fromprev = from; |
1157 | 1940 |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1941 /* Moving within an interval. */ |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1942 if (to == from && toprev == fromprev && INTERVAL_VISIBLE_P (to) |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1943 && ! have_overlays) |
1157 | 1944 { |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1945 temp_set_point_both (buffer, charpos, bytepos); |
1157 | 1946 return; |
1947 } | |
1948 | |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1949 original_position = charpos; |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1950 |
11327
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
1951 /* If the new position is between two intangible characters |
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
1952 with the same intangible property value, |
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
1953 move forward or backward until a change in that property. */ |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1954 if (NILP (Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks) |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1955 && ((! NULL_INTERVAL_P (to) && ! NULL_INTERVAL_P (toprev)) |
16716
2ecf4bb329a8
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16708
diff
changeset
|
1956 || have_overlays) |
2ecf4bb329a8
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16708
diff
changeset
|
1957 /* Intangibility never stops us from positioning at the beginning |
2ecf4bb329a8
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16708
diff
changeset
|
1958 or end of the buffer, so don't bother checking in that case. */ |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1959 && charpos != BEGV && charpos != ZV) |
1157 | 1960 { |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1961 Lisp_Object intangible_propval; |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1962 Lisp_Object pos; |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1963 |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1964 XSETINT (pos, charpos); |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1965 |
9072
21517199cfae
(set_point): If Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks, ignore intangible properties.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8897
diff
changeset
|
1966 if (backwards) |
21517199cfae
(set_point): If Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks, ignore intangible properties.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8897
diff
changeset
|
1967 { |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1968 intangible_propval = Fget_char_property (make_number (charpos), |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1969 Qintangible, Qnil); |
11327
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
1970 |
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
1971 /* If following char is intangible, |
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
1972 skip back over all chars with matching intangible property. */ |
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
1973 if (! NILP (intangible_propval)) |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1974 while (XINT (pos) > BUF_BEGV (buffer) |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1975 && EQ (Fget_char_property (make_number (XINT (pos) - 1), |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1976 Qintangible, Qnil), |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1977 intangible_propval)) |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1978 pos = Fprevious_char_property_change (pos, Qnil); |
9072
21517199cfae
(set_point): If Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks, ignore intangible properties.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8897
diff
changeset
|
1979 } |
3734
5ada670e1fd8
(set_point): When moving over invis chars,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3591
diff
changeset
|
1980 else |
9072
21517199cfae
(set_point): If Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks, ignore intangible properties.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8897
diff
changeset
|
1981 { |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1982 intangible_propval = Fget_char_property (make_number (charpos - 1), |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1983 Qintangible, Qnil); |
11327
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
1984 |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1985 /* If following char is intangible, |
24910 | 1986 skip forward over all chars with matching intangible property. */ |
11327
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
1987 if (! NILP (intangible_propval)) |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1988 while (XINT (pos) < BUF_ZV (buffer) |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1989 && EQ (Fget_char_property (pos, Qintangible, Qnil), |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1990 intangible_propval)) |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1991 pos = Fnext_char_property_change (pos, Qnil); |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1992 |
9072
21517199cfae
(set_point): If Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks, ignore intangible properties.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8897
diff
changeset
|
1993 } |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1994 |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1995 charpos = XINT (pos); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1996 bytepos = buf_charpos_to_bytepos (buffer, charpos); |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1997 } |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
1998 |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1999 if (charpos != original_position) |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2000 { |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2001 /* Set TO to the interval containing the char after CHARPOS, |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2002 and TOPREV to the interval containing the char before CHARPOS. |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2003 Either one may be null. They may be equal. */ |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2004 to = find_interval (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer), charpos); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2005 if (charpos == BUF_BEGV (buffer)) |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2006 toprev = 0; |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2007 else if (to && to->position == charpos) |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2008 toprev = previous_interval (to); |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2009 else |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2010 toprev = to; |
1157 | 2011 } |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2012 |
11327
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2013 /* Here TO is the interval after the stopping point |
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2014 and TOPREV is the interval before the stopping point. |
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2015 One or the other may be null. */ |
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2016 |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2017 temp_set_point_both (buffer, charpos, bytepos); |
1157 | 2018 |
1288 | 2019 /* We run point-left and point-entered hooks here, iff the |
2020 two intervals are not equivalent. These hooks take | |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2021 (old_point, new_point) as arguments. */ |
4243
23fe7f6c9ae4
(set_point): Test Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4223
diff
changeset
|
2022 if (NILP (Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks) |
23fe7f6c9ae4
(set_point): Test Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4223
diff
changeset
|
2023 && (! intervals_equal (from, to) |
23fe7f6c9ae4
(set_point): Test Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4223
diff
changeset
|
2024 || ! intervals_equal (fromprev, toprev))) |
1211 | 2025 { |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2026 Lisp_Object leave_after, leave_before, enter_after, enter_before; |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2027 |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2028 if (fromprev) |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2029 leave_after = textget (fromprev->plist, Qpoint_left); |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2030 else |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2031 leave_after = Qnil; |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2032 if (from) |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2033 leave_before = textget (from->plist, Qpoint_left); |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2034 else |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2035 leave_before = Qnil; |
1211 | 2036 |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2037 if (toprev) |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2038 enter_after = textget (toprev->plist, Qpoint_entered); |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2039 else |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2040 enter_after = Qnil; |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2041 if (to) |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2042 enter_before = textget (to->plist, Qpoint_entered); |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2043 else |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2044 enter_before = Qnil; |
1211 | 2045 |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2046 if (! EQ (leave_before, enter_before) && !NILP (leave_before)) |
18743
1c1a002339a5
(set_point): Convert call2 arguments to Lisp_Integer.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18613
diff
changeset
|
2047 call2 (leave_before, make_number (old_position), |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2048 make_number (charpos)); |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2049 if (! EQ (leave_after, enter_after) && !NILP (leave_after)) |
18743
1c1a002339a5
(set_point): Convert call2 arguments to Lisp_Integer.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18613
diff
changeset
|
2050 call2 (leave_after, make_number (old_position), |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2051 make_number (charpos)); |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2052 |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2053 if (! EQ (enter_before, leave_before) && !NILP (enter_before)) |
18743
1c1a002339a5
(set_point): Convert call2 arguments to Lisp_Integer.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18613
diff
changeset
|
2054 call2 (enter_before, make_number (old_position), |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2055 make_number (charpos)); |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2056 if (! EQ (enter_after, leave_after) && !NILP (enter_after)) |
18743
1c1a002339a5
(set_point): Convert call2 arguments to Lisp_Integer.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18613
diff
changeset
|
2057 call2 (enter_after, make_number (old_position), |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2058 make_number (charpos)); |
1211 | 2059 } |
1157 | 2060 } |
2052
48c83a34c005
(verify_interval_modification): Handle insertions
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1964
diff
changeset
|
2061 |
18076
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2062 /* Move point to POSITION, unless POSITION is inside an intangible |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2063 segment that reaches all the way to point. */ |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2064 |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2065 void |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2066 move_if_not_intangible (position) |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2067 int position; |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2068 { |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2069 Lisp_Object pos; |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2070 Lisp_Object intangible_propval; |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2071 |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2072 XSETINT (pos, position); |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2073 |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2074 if (! NILP (Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks)) |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2075 /* If intangible is inhibited, always move point to POSITION. */ |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2076 ; |
18613
614b916ff5bf
Fix bugs with inappropriate mixing of Lisp_Object with int.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18125
diff
changeset
|
2077 else if (PT < position && XINT (pos) < ZV) |
18076
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2078 { |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2079 /* We want to move forward, so check the text before POSITION. */ |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2080 |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2081 intangible_propval = Fget_char_property (pos, |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2082 Qintangible, Qnil); |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2083 |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2084 /* If following char is intangible, |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2085 skip back over all chars with matching intangible property. */ |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2086 if (! NILP (intangible_propval)) |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2087 while (XINT (pos) > BEGV |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2088 && EQ (Fget_char_property (make_number (XINT (pos) - 1), |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2089 Qintangible, Qnil), |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2090 intangible_propval)) |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2091 pos = Fprevious_char_property_change (pos, Qnil); |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2092 } |
18613
614b916ff5bf
Fix bugs with inappropriate mixing of Lisp_Object with int.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18125
diff
changeset
|
2093 else if (XINT (pos) > BEGV) |
18076
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2094 { |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2095 /* We want to move backward, so check the text after POSITION. */ |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2096 |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2097 intangible_propval = Fget_char_property (make_number (XINT (pos) - 1), |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2098 Qintangible, Qnil); |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2099 |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2100 /* If following char is intangible, |
24910 | 2101 skip forward over all chars with matching intangible property. */ |
18076
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2102 if (! NILP (intangible_propval)) |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2103 while (XINT (pos) < ZV |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2104 && EQ (Fget_char_property (pos, Qintangible, Qnil), |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2105 intangible_propval)) |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2106 pos = Fnext_char_property_change (pos, Qnil); |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2107 |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2108 } |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2109 |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2110 /* If the whole stretch between PT and POSITION isn't intangible, |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2111 try moving to POSITION (which means we actually move farther |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2112 if POSITION is inside of intangible text). */ |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2113 |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2114 if (XINT (pos) != PT) |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2115 SET_PT (position); |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2116 } |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2117 |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2118 /* If text at position POS has property PROP, set *VAL to the property |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2119 value, *START and *END to the beginning and end of a region that |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2120 has the same property, and return 1. Otherwise return 0. |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2121 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2122 OBJECT is the string or buffer to look for the property in; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2123 nil means the current buffer. */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2124 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2125 int |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2126 get_property_and_range (pos, prop, val, start, end, object) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2127 int pos; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2128 Lisp_Object prop, *val; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2129 int *start, *end; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2130 Lisp_Object object; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2131 { |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2132 INTERVAL i, prev, next; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2133 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2134 if (NILP (object)) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2135 i = find_interval (BUF_INTERVALS (current_buffer), pos); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2136 else if (BUFFERP (object)) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2137 i = find_interval (BUF_INTERVALS (XBUFFER (object)), pos); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2138 else if (STRINGP (object)) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2139 i = find_interval (XSTRING (object)->intervals, pos); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2140 else |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2141 abort (); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2142 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2143 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (i) || (i->position + LENGTH (i) <= pos)) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2144 return 0; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2145 *val = textget (i->plist, prop); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2146 if (NILP (*val)) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2147 return 0; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2148 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2149 next = i; /* remember it in advance */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2150 prev = previous_interval (i); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2151 while (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (prev) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2152 && EQ (*val, textget (prev->plist, prop))) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2153 i = prev, prev = previous_interval (prev); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2154 *start = i->position; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2155 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2156 next = next_interval (i); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2157 while (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (next) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2158 && EQ (*val, textget (next->plist, prop))) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2159 i = next, next = next_interval (next); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2160 *end = i->position + LENGTH (i); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2161 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2162 return 1; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2163 } |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2164 |
35256
f39ff8270082
(get_local_map): Change TYPE to Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34959
diff
changeset
|
2165 /* Return the proper local keymap TYPE for position POSITION in |
f39ff8270082
(get_local_map): Change TYPE to Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34959
diff
changeset
|
2166 BUFFER; TYPE should be one of `keymap' or `local-map'. Use the map |
f39ff8270082
(get_local_map): Change TYPE to Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34959
diff
changeset
|
2167 specified by the PROP property, if any. Otherwise, if TYPE is |
f39ff8270082
(get_local_map): Change TYPE to Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34959
diff
changeset
|
2168 `local-map' use BUFFER's local map. */ |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2169 |
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2170 Lisp_Object |
29278
fcb030c7708e
(get_local_map): Extra arg to allow looking for `keymap' too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28406
diff
changeset
|
2171 get_local_map (position, buffer, type) |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2172 register int position; |
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2173 register struct buffer *buffer; |
35256
f39ff8270082
(get_local_map): Change TYPE to Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34959
diff
changeset
|
2174 Lisp_Object type; |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2175 { |
34959
b96af6cd903d
(get_local_map): Remove unused variable `tem'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
32988
diff
changeset
|
2176 Lisp_Object prop, lispy_position, lispy_buffer; |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2177 int old_begv, old_zv, old_begv_byte, old_zv_byte; |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2178 |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
2179 /* Perhaps we should just change `position' to the limit. */ |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2180 if (position > BUF_Z (buffer) || position < BUF_BEG (buffer)) |
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2181 abort (); |
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2182 |
11660
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2183 /* Ignore narrowing, so that a local map continues to be valid even if |
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2184 the visible region contains no characters and hence no properties. */ |
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2185 old_begv = BUF_BEGV (buffer); |
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2186 old_zv = BUF_ZV (buffer); |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2187 old_begv_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (buffer); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2188 old_zv_byte = BUF_ZV_BYTE (buffer); |
11660
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2189 BUF_BEGV (buffer) = BUF_BEG (buffer); |
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2190 BUF_ZV (buffer) = BUF_Z (buffer); |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2191 BUF_BEGV_BYTE (buffer) = BUF_BEG_BYTE (buffer); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2192 BUF_ZV_BYTE (buffer) = BUF_Z_BYTE (buffer); |
11660
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2193 |
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2194 /* There are no properties at the end of the buffer, so in that case |
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2195 check for a local map on the last character of the buffer instead. */ |
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2196 if (position == BUF_Z (buffer) && BUF_Z (buffer) > BUF_BEG (buffer)) |
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2197 --position; |
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2198 XSETFASTINT (lispy_position, position); |
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2199 XSETBUFFER (lispy_buffer, buffer); |
35256
f39ff8270082
(get_local_map): Change TYPE to Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34959
diff
changeset
|
2200 prop = Fget_char_property (lispy_position, type, lispy_buffer); |
11660
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2201 |
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2202 BUF_BEGV (buffer) = old_begv; |
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2203 BUF_ZV (buffer) = old_zv; |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2204 BUF_BEGV_BYTE (buffer) = old_begv_byte; |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2205 BUF_ZV_BYTE (buffer) = old_zv_byte; |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2206 |
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2207 /* Use the local map only if it is valid. */ |
32988
c3435dc00ed7
* lisp.h (KEYMAPP): New macro.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
29278
diff
changeset
|
2208 prop = get_keymap (prop, 0, 0); |
c3435dc00ed7
* lisp.h (KEYMAPP): New macro.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
29278
diff
changeset
|
2209 if (CONSP (prop)) |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2210 return prop; |
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2211 |
35256
f39ff8270082
(get_local_map): Change TYPE to Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34959
diff
changeset
|
2212 if (EQ (type, Qkeymap)) |
29278
fcb030c7708e
(get_local_map): Extra arg to allow looking for `keymap' too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28406
diff
changeset
|
2213 return Qnil; |
fcb030c7708e
(get_local_map): Extra arg to allow looking for `keymap' too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28406
diff
changeset
|
2214 else |
fcb030c7708e
(get_local_map): Extra arg to allow looking for `keymap' too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28406
diff
changeset
|
2215 return buffer->keymap; |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2216 } |
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2217 |
1211 | 2218 /* Produce an interval tree reflecting the intervals in |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
2219 TREE from START to START + LENGTH. |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
2220 The new interval tree has no parent and has a starting-position of 0. */ |
1157 | 2221 |
1316
f09c5c6563b8
* intervals.c: `copy_intervals()' no longer static.
Joseph Arceneaux <jla@gnu.org>
parents:
1307
diff
changeset
|
2222 INTERVAL |
1157 | 2223 copy_intervals (tree, start, length) |
2224 INTERVAL tree; | |
2225 int start, length; | |
2226 { | |
2227 register INTERVAL i, new, t; | |
3490
07b454ddc666
(copy_intervals): Don't adjust total_length at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3333
diff
changeset
|
2228 register int got, prevlen; |
1157 | 2229 |
2230 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (tree) || length <= 0) | |
2231 return NULL_INTERVAL; | |
2232 | |
2233 i = find_interval (tree, start); | |
2234 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (i) || LENGTH (i) == 0) | |
2235 abort (); | |
2236 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
2237 /* If there is only one interval and it's the default, return nil. */ |
1157 | 2238 if ((start - i->position + 1 + length) < LENGTH (i) |
2239 && DEFAULT_INTERVAL_P (i)) | |
2240 return NULL_INTERVAL; | |
2241 | |
2242 new = make_interval (); | |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
2243 new->position = 0; |
1157 | 2244 got = (LENGTH (i) - (start - i->position)); |
1211 | 2245 new->total_length = length; |
1157 | 2246 copy_properties (i, new); |
2247 | |
2248 t = new; | |
3490
07b454ddc666
(copy_intervals): Don't adjust total_length at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3333
diff
changeset
|
2249 prevlen = got; |
1157 | 2250 while (got < length) |
2251 { | |
2252 i = next_interval (i); | |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
2253 t = split_interval_right (t, prevlen); |
1157 | 2254 copy_properties (i, t); |
3490
07b454ddc666
(copy_intervals): Don't adjust total_length at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3333
diff
changeset
|
2255 prevlen = LENGTH (i); |
07b454ddc666
(copy_intervals): Don't adjust total_length at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3333
diff
changeset
|
2256 got += prevlen; |
1157 | 2257 } |
2258 | |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
2259 return balance_an_interval (new); |
1157 | 2260 } |
2261 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
2262 /* Give STRING the properties of BUFFER from POSITION to LENGTH. */ |
1157 | 2263 |
1288 | 2264 INLINE void |
1157 | 2265 copy_intervals_to_string (string, buffer, position, length) |
16110
4b672131c37f
(copy_intervals_to_string): Take arg as buffer.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15734
diff
changeset
|
2266 Lisp_Object string; |
4b672131c37f
(copy_intervals_to_string): Take arg as buffer.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15734
diff
changeset
|
2267 struct buffer *buffer; |
1157 | 2268 int position, length; |
2269 { | |
16110
4b672131c37f
(copy_intervals_to_string): Take arg as buffer.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15734
diff
changeset
|
2270 INTERVAL interval_copy = copy_intervals (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer), |
1157 | 2271 position, length); |
2272 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (interval_copy)) | |
2273 return; | |
2274 | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
2275 SET_INTERVAL_OBJECT (interval_copy, string); |
1157 | 2276 XSTRING (string)->intervals = interval_copy; |
2277 } | |
10113
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2278 |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
2279 /* Return 1 if strings S1 and S2 have identical properties; 0 otherwise. |
10113
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2280 Assume they have identical characters. */ |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2281 |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2282 int |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2283 compare_string_intervals (s1, s2) |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2284 Lisp_Object s1, s2; |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2285 { |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2286 INTERVAL i1, i2; |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
2287 int pos = 0; |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
2288 int end = XSTRING (s1)->size; |
10113
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2289 |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
2290 i1 = find_interval (XSTRING (s1)->intervals, 0); |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
2291 i2 = find_interval (XSTRING (s2)->intervals, 0); |
10113
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2292 |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2293 while (pos < end) |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2294 { |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2295 /* Determine how far we can go before we reach the end of I1 or I2. */ |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2296 int len1 = (i1 != 0 ? INTERVAL_LAST_POS (i1) : end) - pos; |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2297 int len2 = (i2 != 0 ? INTERVAL_LAST_POS (i2) : end) - pos; |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2298 int distance = min (len1, len2); |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2299 |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2300 /* If we ever find a mismatch between the strings, |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2301 they differ. */ |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2302 if (! intervals_equal (i1, i2)) |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2303 return 0; |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2304 |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2305 /* Advance POS till the end of the shorter interval, |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2306 and advance one or both interval pointers for the new position. */ |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2307 pos += distance; |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2308 if (len1 == distance) |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2309 i1 = next_interval (i1); |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2310 if (len2 == distance) |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2311 i2 = next_interval (i2); |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2312 } |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2313 return 1; |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2314 } |
20677
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2315 |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2316 /* Recursively adjust interval I in the current buffer |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2317 for setting enable_multibyte_characters to MULTI_FLAG. |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2318 The range of interval I is START ... END in characters, |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2319 START_BYTE ... END_BYTE in bytes. */ |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2320 |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2321 static void |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2322 set_intervals_multibyte_1 (i, multi_flag, start, start_byte, end, end_byte) |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2323 INTERVAL i; |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2324 int multi_flag; |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2325 int start, start_byte, end, end_byte; |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2326 { |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2327 /* Fix the length of this interval. */ |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2328 if (multi_flag) |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2329 i->total_length = end - start; |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2330 else |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2331 i->total_length = end_byte - start_byte; |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2332 |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2333 /* Recursively fix the length of the subintervals. */ |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2334 if (i->left) |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2335 { |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2336 int left_end, left_end_byte; |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2337 |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2338 if (multi_flag) |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2339 { |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2340 left_end_byte = start_byte + LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i); |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2341 left_end = BYTE_TO_CHAR (left_end_byte); |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2342 } |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2343 else |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2344 { |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2345 left_end = start + LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i); |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2346 left_end_byte = CHAR_TO_BYTE (left_end); |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2347 } |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2348 |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2349 set_intervals_multibyte_1 (i->left, multi_flag, start, start_byte, |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2350 left_end, left_end_byte); |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2351 } |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2352 if (i->right) |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2353 { |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2354 int right_start_byte, right_start; |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2355 |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2356 if (multi_flag) |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2357 { |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2358 right_start_byte = end_byte - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i); |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2359 right_start = BYTE_TO_CHAR (right_start_byte); |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2360 } |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2361 else |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2362 { |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2363 right_start = end - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i); |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2364 right_start_byte = CHAR_TO_BYTE (right_start); |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2365 } |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2366 |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2367 set_intervals_multibyte_1 (i->right, multi_flag, |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2368 right_start, right_start_byte, |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2369 end, end_byte); |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2370 } |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2371 } |
1301
5a27062b8b7f
* intervals.c: Conditionalize all functions on
Joseph Arceneaux <jla@gnu.org>
parents:
1288
diff
changeset
|
2372 |
21351
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2373 /* Update the intervals of the current buffer |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2374 to fit the contents as multibyte (if MULTI_FLAG is 1) |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2375 or to fit them as non-multibyte (if MULTI_FLAG is 0). */ |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2376 |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2377 void |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2378 set_intervals_multibyte (multi_flag) |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2379 int multi_flag; |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2380 { |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2381 if (BUF_INTERVALS (current_buffer)) |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2382 set_intervals_multibyte_1 (BUF_INTERVALS (current_buffer), multi_flag, |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2383 BEG, BEG_BYTE, Z, Z_BYTE); |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2384 } |